What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?_老虎社区_美港股上老虎

What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?

investopedia2021-07-05

The "end of the quarter" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and ...

网页链接

免责声明：本文观点仅代表作者个人观点，不构成本平台的投资建议，本平台不对文章信息准确性、完整性和及时性做出任何保证，亦不对因使用或信赖文章信息引发的任何损失承担责任。

793

Jyao
·2021-07-06
Nice
回复
点赞
举报
Qlee10
·2021-07-06
oh no
回复
1
举报
wen_pp
·2021-07-06
There is certainly some truth in it since quarterly futures on the market are the most actively traded futures month. Diff futures markets have diff quarter end dates, you might wanna know where are yours.
回复
2
举报
cgoh
·2021-07-06
Like pls
回复
1
举报
Jasonlim
·2021-07-06
Like
回复
6
举报
GoatYen
·2021-07-06
Good
回复
1
举报
Robinshk
·2021-07-06
Great
回复
1
举报
AliciaA
·2021-07-06
Good
回复
1
举报
JeromeLim
·2021-07-06
Hiya
回复
1
举报
sfleong1
·2021-07-06
Like n comment
回复
2
举报
收起
- cgoh:
  commenting
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
- BlueDragon:
  Like.
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
Richard0208
·2021-07-06
Good reading [Smile]
回复
3
举报
收起
- Jimchanfc:
  Fantastic!!!
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
THOMAX
·2021-07-06
Good day
回复
2
举报
收起
- THOMAX:
  Good day
  2021-07-07
  回复
  举报
- THOMAX:
  Good day
  2021-09-27
  回复
  举报
b14293
·2021-07-06
Rset
回复
1
举报
Hitrun
·2021-07-06
Return like please
回复
8
举报
收起
- Singman:
  pls like me too
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
- Jimchanfc:
  Done!!!
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
- Hitrun:
  thank you
  2021-07-07
  回复
  举报
Kevin92
·2021-07-06
Like and Comment
回复
6
举报
收起
- ferwih:
  done
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
haoren
·2021-07-06
Nice article
回复
2
举报
paxxie
·2021-07-06
like anc comment
回复
4
举报
收起
- haoren:
  done
  2021-07-06
  回复
  举报
EstherTurtle
·2021-07-06
Oo
回复
3
举报
Gackky
·2021-07-06
a new start and a new beginning. if u havve money
回复
6
举报
Jackal
·2021-07-06
Hell ya !
回复
4
举报

热议股票

7x24

全部

{"i18n":{"language":"zh_CN"},"data":{"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","thumbnail":"","is_english":true,"pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","id":"1155435134","market":"us","top_or_hot":-1,"title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?","media":"investopedia","content":"<div>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and ...\n\n<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">网页链接</a>\n\n</div>\n","source":"lsy1606203311635","html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?</title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 11px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;line-height: 11px;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?\n</h2>\n\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\n\n2021-07-05 19:08 GMT+8&nbsp;&nbsp;&nbsp;<a href=https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral>investopedia</a>\n\n\n</h4>\n\n</header>\n<article>\n<div>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and ...\n\n<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">网页链接</a>\n\n</div>\n\n\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","isBrief":false,"type":0,"news_type":1,"symbol":null,"symbol_name":null,"start_time":0,"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","article_id":"1155435134","we_media_id":null,"thumbnails":[],"rights":null,"url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"columns":[],"sourceInfo":{"source_id":"lsy1606203311635","name":"Investopedia"},"weMediaInfo":null,"summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","collect":0,"end_time":0,"defaultTopTitle":"investopedia.com","property":[],"viewcount":null,"language":"en","relate_stocks":{},"translate_title":"季末对投资组合管理意味着什么？","themeId":null,"isJumpTheme":false,"ttsUrl":null,"symbols_score_info":{},"content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","kind":"news","is_publish_news":false,"is_publish_highlight":true,"is_publish_live":false,"is_publish_wemedia":null,"editions":null,"column":"","sentiment":"0","news_tag":"","news_rank":0,"symbols":[],"gpt_button":0,"need_auth":false,"code":"91000000","status":"200"},"commentList":[{"id":154754579,"gmtCreate":1625548072691,"gmtModify":1633939746666,"author":{"id":"4087362794409800","authorId":"4087362794409800","name":"Jyao","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/07173c637c1f024d34616356738353f6","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"4087362794409800","authorIdStr":"4087362794409800"},"htmlText":"Nice","listText":"Nice","text":"Nice","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":0,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154754579","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154733416,"gmtCreate":1625544412035,"gmtModify":1631890698456,"author":{"id":"3559003590411925","authorId":"3559003590411925","name":"Qlee10","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/044cc5835b2fd80d79e0c6674a31d0c1","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3559003590411925","authorIdStr":"3559003590411925"},"htmlText":"oh no&nbsp;","listText":"oh no&nbsp;","text":"oh no","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154733416","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154598495,"gmtCreate":1625532970017,"gmtModify":1633939945118,"author":{"id":"4088634378264260","authorId":"4088634378264260","name":"wen_pp","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/e35d9bf242e4c678fbbf5d15434f5f3a","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"4088634378264260","authorIdStr":"4088634378264260"},"htmlText":"There is certainly some truth in it since quarterly futures on the market are the most actively traded futures month. Diff futures&nbsp;markets have diff quarter end dates, you might wanna know where are yours.","listText":"There is certainly some truth in it since quarterly futures on the market are the most actively traded futures month. Diff futures&nbsp;markets have diff quarter end dates, you might wanna know where are yours.","text":"There is certainly some truth in it since quarterly futures on the market are the most actively traded futures month. Diff futures markets have diff quarter end dates, you might wanna know where are yours.","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":2,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154598495","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154277927,"gmtCreate":1625532297569,"gmtModify":1633939958691,"author":{"id":"4087794564530700","authorId":"4087794564530700","name":"cgoh","avatar":"https://static.laohu8.com/default-avatar.jpg","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"4087794564530700","authorIdStr":"4087794564530700"},"htmlText":"Like pls","listText":"Like pls","text":"Like pls","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154277927","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154261063,"gmtCreate":1625530281452,"gmtModify":1631888979936,"author":{"id":"3583013291377509","authorId":"3583013291377509","name":"Jasonlim","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/267c1a2f725df0fb1a5215f427359d1e","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3583013291377509","authorIdStr":"3583013291377509"},"htmlText":"Like","listText":"Like","text":"Like","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":6,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154261063","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154237693,"gmtCreate":1625529263512,"gmtModify":1633940024193,"author":{"id":"3584440169333510","authorId":"3584440169333510","name":"GoatYen","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/861f7750e9c65450cd66f2478ab744ed","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3584440169333510","authorIdStr":"3584440169333510"},"htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154237693","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154291981,"gmtCreate":1625528765743,"gmtModify":1633940041601,"author":{"id":"3583719339427406","authorId":"3583719339427406","name":"Robinshk","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c1089a1858cf641f8680d8015659c00d","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3583719339427406","authorIdStr":"3583719339427406"},"htmlText":"Great","listText":"Great","text":"Great","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154291981","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154290406,"gmtCreate":1625528687505,"gmtModify":1633940043952,"author":{"id":"3583113201416266","authorId":"3583113201416266","name":"AliciaA","avatar":"https://static.laohu8.com/default-avatar.jpg","vip":1,"crmLevel":1,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3583113201416266","authorIdStr":"3583113201416266"},"htmlText":"Good","listText":"Good","text":"Good","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154290406","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154290551,"gmtCreate":1625528684373,"gmtModify":1633940044073,"author":{"id":"3587032744649801","authorId":"3587032744649801","name":"JeromeLim","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c658561fa4bd29c8ff80d04c9a0f0d14","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3587032744649801","authorIdStr":"3587032744649801"},"htmlText":"Hiya","listText":"Hiya","text":"Hiya","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154290551","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154205151,"gmtCreate":1625528593273,"gmtModify":1633940046967,"author":{"id":"3583570345500843","authorId":"3583570345500843","name":"sfleong1","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2ec42f3f2b911279950a45a9140bc358","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3583570345500843","authorIdStr":"3583570345500843"},"htmlText":"Like n comment","listText":"Like n comment","text":"Like n comment","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":2,"commentSize":2,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154205151","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5131580,"gmtCreate":1625532318110,"gmtModify":1635236421534,"authorId":4087794564530700,"author":{"id":4087794564530700,"idStr":"4087794564530700","authorId":4087794564530700,"name":"cgoh","avatar":"https://static.laohu8.com/default-avatar.jpg","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154205151,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"commenting","text":"commenting","html":"commenting"},{"id":5132236,"gmtCreate":1625535073068,"gmtModify":1635236355669,"authorId":4087932884013320,"author":{"id":4087932884013320,"idStr":"4087932884013320","authorId":4087932884013320,"name":"BlueDragon","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/431c326e19a16844e147d10866565f27","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154205151,"type":1,"supId":5131580,"prevId":0,"content":"Like.","text":"Like.","html":"Like."}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154677729,"gmtCreate":1625528401961,"gmtModify":1633940054024,"author":{"id":"4087716708608470","authorId":"4087716708608470","name":"Richard0208","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/480220c46834a37392a97ee3b9004ea1","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"4087716708608470","authorIdStr":"4087716708608470"},"htmlText":"Good reading [Smile]&nbsp;","listText":"Good reading [Smile]&nbsp;","text":"Good reading [Smile]","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":3,"commentSize":1,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154677729","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5130720,"gmtCreate":1625528500600,"gmtModify":1635236511923,"authorId":3580942055840541,"author":{"id":3580942055840541,"idStr":"3580942055840541","authorId":3580942055840541,"name":"Jimchanfc","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d38914f80f89dfb4ac6b61f5166d33f3","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154677729,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"Fantastic!!! ","text":"Fantastic!!! ","html":"Fantastic!!! "}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154675518,"gmtCreate":1625528366734,"gmtModify":1633940055917,"author":{"id":"3585048303831970","authorId":"3585048303831970","name":"THOMAX","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/7d3eb5c895e7d95e8defa6b9b43ef97f","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3585048303831970","authorIdStr":"3585048303831970"},"htmlText":"Good day&nbsp;","listText":"Good day&nbsp;","text":"Good day","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":2,"commentSize":2,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154675518","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5142760,"gmtCreate":1625614699382,"gmtModify":1635235591265,"authorId":3585048303831970,"author":{"id":3585048303831970,"idStr":"3585048303831970","authorId":3585048303831970,"name":"THOMAX","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/7d3eb5c895e7d95e8defa6b9b43ef97f","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154675518,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"Good day ","text":"Good day ","html":"Good day "},{"id":6011591,"gmtCreate":1632724898165,"gmtModify":1634784604249,"authorId":3585048303831970,"author":{"id":3585048303831970,"idStr":"3585048303831970","authorId":3585048303831970,"name":"THOMAX","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/7d3eb5c895e7d95e8defa6b9b43ef97f","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154675518,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"Good day ","text":"Good day ","html":"Good day "}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154678581,"gmtCreate":1625528262243,"gmtModify":1631885779841,"author":{"id":"3578385220008893","authorId":"3578385220008893","name":"b14293","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/eacdce655041c0b71bd11ebb6ae685c3","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3578385220008893","authorIdStr":"3578385220008893"},"htmlText":"Rset","listText":"Rset","text":"Rset","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":1,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154678581","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154671353,"gmtCreate":1625528149372,"gmtModify":1633940060886,"author":{"id":"3575868905564115","authorId":"3575868905564115","name":"Hitrun","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/841cbf2a111833ec6efd1ed5a7f42dad","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3575868905564115","authorIdStr":"3575868905564115"},"htmlText":"Return like please","listText":"Return like please","text":"Return like please","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":8,"commentSize":3,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154671353","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5130646,"gmtCreate":1625528277371,"gmtModify":1635236519931,"authorId":3575125836760247,"author":{"id":3575125836760247,"idStr":"3575125836760247","authorId":3575125836760247,"name":"Singman","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d770feb757705f2d631d2d5f381ae07b","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154671353,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"pls like me too","text":"pls like me too","html":"pls like me too"},{"id":5130724,"gmtCreate":1625528506969,"gmtModify":1635236511432,"authorId":3580942055840541,"author":{"id":3580942055840541,"idStr":"3580942055840541","authorId":3580942055840541,"name":"Jimchanfc","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/d38914f80f89dfb4ac6b61f5166d33f3","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154671353,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"Done!!! ","text":"Done!!! ","html":"Done!!! "},{"id":5142571,"gmtCreate":1625613855046,"gmtModify":1635235609253,"authorId":3575868905564115,"author":{"id":3575868905564115,"idStr":"3575868905564115","authorId":3575868905564115,"name":"Hitrun","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/841cbf2a111833ec6efd1ed5a7f42dad","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154671353,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"thank you","text":"thank you","html":"thank you"}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154640982,"gmtCreate":1625527486346,"gmtModify":1633940072904,"author":{"id":"3576274545052910","authorId":"3576274545052910","name":"Kevin92","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/c5ff4addbbdb8d9d15fec29f9709b0c3","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3576274545052910","authorIdStr":"3576274545052910"},"htmlText":"Like and Comment","listText":"Like and Comment","text":"Like and Comment","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":6,"commentSize":1,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154640982","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5130514,"gmtCreate":1625527576067,"gmtModify":1635236533006,"authorId":4087555492646570,"author":{"id":4087555492646570,"idStr":"4087555492646570","authorId":4087555492646570,"name":"ferwih","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/a486c5e4886118f8d52722ad7d9d30ce","vip":1,"crmLevel":2,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154640982,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"done","text":"done","html":"done"}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154658009,"gmtCreate":1625527138201,"gmtModify":1633940078193,"author":{"id":"3581803494981906","authorId":"3581803494981906","name":"haoren","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/959cadb42575ede705b330aa58d68a63","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3581803494981906","authorIdStr":"3581803494981906"},"htmlText":"Nice article","listText":"Nice article","text":"Nice article","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":2,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154658009","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154653677,"gmtCreate":1625526928999,"gmtModify":1631892243894,"author":{"id":"3559522411638426","authorId":"3559522411638426","name":"paxxie","avatar":"https://static.laohu8.com/default-avatar.jpg","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3559522411638426","authorIdStr":"3559522411638426"},"htmlText":"like anc comment&nbsp;","listText":"like anc comment&nbsp;","text":"like anc comment","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":4,"commentSize":1,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154653677","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"comments":[{"id":5130445,"gmtCreate":1625527152557,"gmtModify":1635236540458,"authorId":3581803494981906,"author":{"id":3581803494981906,"idStr":"3581803494981906","authorId":3581803494981906,"name":"haoren","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/959cadb42575ede705b330aa58d68a63","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"individualDisplayBadges":[]},"repliedAuthorId":0,"objectId":154653677,"type":1,"supId":0,"prevId":0,"content":"done","text":"done","html":"done"}],"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154626622,"gmtCreate":1625526509666,"gmtModify":1633940085789,"author":{"id":"3579566667655239","authorId":"3579566667655239","name":"EstherTurtle","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/4134f385638a36faba2817c9082db366","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3579566667655239","authorIdStr":"3579566667655239"},"htmlText":"Oo","listText":"Oo","text":"Oo","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":3,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154626622","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154623675,"gmtCreate":1625526306497,"gmtModify":1633940088517,"author":{"id":"3574326723774097","authorId":"3574326723774097","name":"Gackky","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/5898b44bf5a31bf2b9d4e37227ed8177","vip":1,"crmLevel":11,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3574326723774097","authorIdStr":"3574326723774097"},"htmlText":"a new start and a new beginning. if u havve money","listText":"a new start and a new beginning. if u havve money","text":"a new start and a new beginning. if u havve money","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":6,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154623675","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"},{"id":154666102,"gmtCreate":1625525873006,"gmtModify":1633940094632,"author":{"id":"3575889284821775","authorId":"3575889284821775","name":"Jackal","avatar":"https://static.tigerbbs.com/2136f45897935c64401ef537e9af93c9","vip":1,"crmLevel":12,"crmLevelSwitch":0,"idStr":"3575889284821775","authorIdStr":"3575889284821775"},"htmlText":"Hell ya !","listText":"Hell ya !","text":"Hell ya !","images":[],"top":1,"highlighted":1,"essential":1,"paper":1,"likeSize":4,"commentSize":0,"repostSize":0,"link":"https://laohu8.com/post/154666102","repostId":1155435134,"repostType":4,"repost":{"id":"1155435134","kind":"news","pubTimestamp":1625483300,"share":"https://www.laohu8.com/m/news/1155435134?lang=zh_CN&edition=full","pubTime":"2021-07-05 19:08","market":"us","language":"en","title":"What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>","url":"https://stock-news.laohu8.com/highlight/detail?id=1155435134","media":"investopedia","summary":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the","content":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>","source":"lsy1606203311635","collect":0,"html":"<!DOCTYPE html>\n<html>\n<head>\n<meta http-equiv=\"Content-Type\" content=\"text/html; charset=utf-8\" />\n<meta name=\"viewport\" content=\"width=device-width,initial-scale=1.0,minimum-scale=1.0,maximum-scale=1.0,user-scalable=no\"/>\n<meta name=\"format-detection\" content=\"telephone=no,email=no,address=no\" />\n<title>What Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote></title>\n<style type=\"text/css\">\na,abbr,acronym,address,applet,article,aside,audio,b,big,blockquote,body,canvas,caption,center,cite,code,dd,del,details,dfn,div,dl,dt,\nem,embed,fieldset,figcaption,figure,footer,form,h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6,header,hgroup,html,i,iframe,img,ins,kbd,label,legend,li,mark,menu,nav,\nobject,ol,output,p,pre,q,ruby,s,samp,section,small,span,strike,strong,sub,summary,sup,table,tbody,td,tfoot,th,thead,time,tr,tt,u,ul,var,video{ font:inherit;margin:0;padding:0;vertical-align:baseline;border:0 }\nbody{ font-size:16px; line-height:1.5; color:#999; background:transparent; }\n.wrapper{ overflow:hidden;word-break:break-all;padding:10px; }\nh1,h2{ font-weight:normal; line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:.6em; }\nh3,h4,h5,h6{ line-height:1.35; margin-bottom:1em; }\nh1{ font-size:24px; }\nh2{ font-size:20px; }\nh3{ font-size:18px; }\nh4{ font-size:16px; }\nh5{ font-size:14px; }\nh6{ font-size:12px; }\np,ul,ol,blockquote,dl,table{ margin:1.2em 0; }\nul,ol{ margin-left:2em; }\nul{ list-style:disc; }\nol{ list-style:decimal; }\nli,li p{ margin:10px 0;}\nimg{ max-width:100%;display:block;margin:0 auto 1em; }\nblockquote{ color:#B5B2B1; border-left:3px solid #aaa; padding:1em; }\nstrong,b{font-weight:bold;}\nem,i{font-style:italic;}\ntable{ width:100%;border-collapse:collapse;border-spacing:1px;margin:1em 0;font-size:.9em; }\nth,td{ padding:5px;text-align:left;border:1px solid #aaa; }\nth{ font-weight:bold;background:#5d5d5d; }\n.symbol-link{font-weight:bold;}\n/* header{ border-bottom:1px solid #494756; } */\n.title{ margin:0 0 8px;line-height:1.3;color:#ddd; }\n.meta {color:#5e5c6d;font-size:13px;margin:0 0 .5em; }\na{text-decoration:none; color:#2a4b87;}\n.meta .head { display: inline-block; overflow: hidden}\n.head .h-thumb { width: 30px; height: 30px; margin: 0; padding: 0; border-radius: 50%; float: left;}\n.head .h-content { margin: 0; padding: 0 0 0 9px; float: left;}\n.head .h-name {font-size: 13px; color: #eee; margin: 0;}\n.head .h-time {font-size: 12.5px; color: #7E829C; margin: 0;}\n.small {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.9); -webkit-transform: scale(0.9); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.smaller {font-size: 12.5px; display: inline-block; transform: scale(0.8); -webkit-transform: scale(0.8); transform-origin: left; -webkit-transform-origin: left;}\n.bt-text {font-size: 12px;margin: 1.5em 0 0 0}\n.bt-text p {margin: 0}\n</style>\n</head>\n<body>\n<div class=\"wrapper\">\n<header>\n<h2 class=\"title\">\nWhat Does the End of the Quarter Mean for Portfolio Management?<blockquote>季度末对投资组合管理意味着什么？</blockquote>\n</h2>\n<h4 class=\"meta\">\n\ninvestopedia2021-07-05 19:08\n\n</h4>\n</header>\n<article>\nThe \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.<blockquote>“季度末”是指财务日历上四个特定三个月期间之一的结束。四季度将于三月份结束，即第一季度；六月，或第二季度；九月，或第三季度；以及12月，或第四季度。对于投资者来说，这被认为是重要的时期。许多企业、分析师、政府机构和美联储在季度末发布有关各种市场或经济指标的重要新数据。</blockquote> There's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.<blockquote>金融界普遍认为，对冲基金、养老基金和保险公司总是在每个季度末重新平衡其投资组合。虽然从来没有证据或证据来证实这种做法或其普遍性，但这个想法强化了一个季度末意义重大的概念。</blockquote> Even if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.<blockquote>即使主要金融参与者并不总是在季度末重新平衡，许多投资者也会利用这段时间重新评估自己的投资组合管理，改变投资组合的资产或设定新的投资组合目标。对于投资者来说，不时监控他们的投资不仅是一个好主意，而且很少像在季度末那样发布如此多的新的、可操作的信息。</blockquote> Rebalancing a Portfolio<blockquote>重新平衡投资组合</blockquote> Rebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.<blockquote>再平衡涉及定期出售和购买投资组合中的资产以维持目标比率。2考虑一位投资者，他希望自己的投资组合由50%的成长型股票、25%的收益型股票和25%的债券组成。如果在第一季度，成长型股票的表现大幅优于其他投资，投资者可能会决定出售一些成长型股票或购买更多收益型股票和债券，以使投资组合回到50-25-25的分割。</blockquote> KEY TAKEAWAYS<blockquote>关键要点</blockquote> <ul> <li>The end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.</li> <li>Companies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.</li> <li>Both retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.</li> </ul> Traditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.<blockquote><ul><li>对于投资者来说，被称为财务季度的三个月结束被认为是一个重要的时间。</li><li>公司、金融分析师和政府机构（包括美联储）都会在季度末发布报告和关键数据。</li><li>散户和机构投资者经常利用季度末来重新评估和重新平衡他们的投资组合。</li></ul>传统的再平衡涉及在每个季度末通过高价卖出来交易表现良好资产的收益，以换取更多表现不佳的资产。从理论上讲，这有助于保护投资组合不会暴露太多或偏离其原始策略太远。然而，将再平衡与季度末挂钩依赖于任意的日历事件，这些事件可能与市场走势不一致。然而，季度末出现的新报告的汇合通常会引起市场反应，应该引起大多数参与者的关注。</blockquote> Institutional Investors and Rebalancing<blockquote>机构投资者与再平衡</blockquote> It is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3<blockquote>考虑在季度末调整投资组合的不仅仅是个人投资者。投资组合管理对于机构投资者也很重要，例如共同基金和交易所交易基金(ETF)。3</blockquote> There are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.<blockquote>基金投资组合管理有两种形式：主动型和被动型。4被动型基金通常将其投资组合与市场指数挂钩，涉及较少的变化，以换取较低的管理费。对于这些类型的基金来说，季度末并不那么重要，尽管如果它们的基准指数此时发生变化，它们也会发生变化。</blockquote> Active funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.<blockquote>主动型基金有一位经理或经理团队，他们采取更积极的方法来击败市场平均回报。这些基金在季度末可能非常活跃，特别是如果他们的投资组合需要调整以满足他们之前制定的目标和策略。</blockquote>\n<div class=\"bt-text\">\n\n\n 来源：<a href=\"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral\">investopedia</a>\n为提升您的阅读体验，我们对本页面进行了排版优化\n\n\n</div>\n</article>\n</div>\n</body>\n</html>\n","type":0,"thumbnail":"","relate_stocks":{},"source_url":"https://www.investopedia.com/ask/answers/122214/what-does-end-quarter-mean-portfolio-management.asp?utm_campaign=quote-yahoo&utm_source=yahoo&utm_medium=referral","is_english":true,"share_image_url":"https://static.laohu8.com/e9f99090a1c2ed51c021029395664489","article_id":"1155435134","content_text":"The \"end of the quarter\" refers to the conclusion of one of four specific three-month periods on the financial calendar. Thefour quartersend in March, or Q1; June, or Q2; September, or Q3; and December, or Q4. These are considered important times for investors. Many businesses, analysts, government agencies, and theFederal Reserverelease critical new data about various markets or economic indicators at the end of a quarter.\nThere's a widely held belief in financial circles that hedge funds, pension funds, and insurance companies always rebalance their portfolios at the end of each quarter. While no proof or evidence has ever been put forward to confirm this practice or its prevalence, the very idea reinforces the concept that the end of a quarter is significant.\nEven if major financial players do not always rebalance at the end of quarters, many investors use this time to re-evaluate their ownportfolio management, changing which assets comprise the portfolio or setting new portfolio targets. Not only is it a good idea for investors to monitor their investments from time-to-time but rarely is so much new, actionable information released as during the end of a quarter.\nRebalancing a Portfolio\nRebalancinginvolves the periodic sale and purchase of assets within a portfolio to maintain a target ratio.2Consider an investor who wants his portfolio to be comprised of 50% growth stocks, 25% income stocks, and 25% bonds. If during Q1, the growth stocks outperform the other investments substantially, the investor may decide to sell some growth stocks or purchase more income stocks and bonds to bring the portfolio back to a 50-25-25 split.\nKEY TAKEAWAYS\n\nThe end of the three-month period known as a financial quarter is considered an important time for investors.\nCompanies, financial analysts, and government agencies (including the Fed) all release reports and critical data at the end of a quarter.\nBoth retail and institutional investors often use the end of a quarter to re-evaluate and rebalance their portfolios.\n\nTraditional rebalancing involves trading the gains of well-performing assets, by selling high, for more low-performing assets, by buying low, at the end of each quarter. Theoretically, this serves to protect a portfolio from being too exposed or straying too far from its original strategy. However, pegging rebalances to the end of quarters relies on arbitrary calendar events which may not coincide with market movements. Nevertheless, the confluence of new reports that emerge at the end of quarters usually causes market reactions and should be of concern to most participants.\nInstitutional Investors and Rebalancing\nIt is not just individual investors who consider making portfolio moves at the end of quarters. Portfolio management is also important for institutional investors, like mutual funds and exchange-traded funds, or ETFs.3\nThere are two forms of fund portfolio management: active and passive.4Passive funds generally peg their portfolios to market indexes and involve fewer changes in exchange for lower management fees. The end of a quarter is less significant for these types of funds, though if theirbenchmark indexeschange at this time, they will as well.\nActive funds have a manager or team of managers who take a more proactive approach to beat market average returns. These funds can be quite active during the end of quarters, especially if their portfolios need to be adjusted to meet their previously stated goals and strategies.","news_type":1,"symbols_score_info":{}},"isVote":1,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false,"reportStatus":false,"tweetType":1,"langContent":"EN"}],"hasMoreComments":true,"newsSizeData":{"likeSize":793,"commentSize":81,"repostSize":0,"favoriteSize":0,"likeStatus":false,"favoriteStatus":false},"isCrawlerRequest":true}